blob: 35c0ddb06dd65d2a265ef125b9a623c28515e206 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000119 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
130 }
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
132 // block or function pointer call.
133 QualType Ty = V->getType();
134 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
135 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +0000136 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
137 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000138 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
139 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
140 unsigned k;
141 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
142 if (nullPos)
143 --nullPos;
144 else
145 ++i;
146 }
147 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
148 }
149 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
150 isMethod = 2;
151 }
152 else
153 return;
154 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000155 else
156 return;
157
158 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 return;
162 }
163 int sentinel = i;
164 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
165 --sentinelPos;
166 ++i;
167 }
168 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
169 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000170 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000171 return;
172 }
173 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
174 ++i;
175 ++sentinel;
176 }
177 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
178 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
179 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000180 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000181 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000182 }
183 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000184}
185
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000186SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
187 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
188 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
189}
190
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192// Standard Promotions and Conversions
193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
194
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000195/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
196void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
197 QualType Ty = E->getType();
198 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
199
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
201 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000202 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
203 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
204 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
205 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
206 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
207 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
208 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000209 //
210 // C++ 4.2p1:
211 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
212 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
213 //
214 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
215 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000216 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
217 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000220/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
221/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
222///
223/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
224/// promotion occurs.
225static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000226 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
227 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 return QualType();
229
230 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
231 if (!BT)
232 return QualType();
233
234 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
235 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
237 return QualType();
238
239 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
240 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
241 return QualType();
242
243 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
244 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
245 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
246 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
247 return Context.IntTy;
248
249 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
250 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
251
252 return QualType();
253}
254
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000255/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
256/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
257/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
258/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
259/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
260Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
263
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000264 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
265 //
266 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
267 // unsigned int may be used:
268 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
269 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
270 // and unsigned int.
271 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
272 //
273 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
274 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
275 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
276 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
277 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000279 return Expr;
280 } else {
281 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
282 if (!T.isNull()) {
283 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
284 return Expr;
285 }
286 }
287
288 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000289 return Expr;
290}
291
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000292/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
293/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
294/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
295void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
296 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
297 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
298
299 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
300 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
301 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
302 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
303
304 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
305}
306
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000307/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
308/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
309/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
310/// completely illegal.
311bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000312 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
313
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000314 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
315 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
316 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
317 << Expr->getType() << CT;
318 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000319 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000320
321 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
322 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
323 << Expr->getType() << CT;
324
325 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000326}
327
328
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000329/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
330/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
331/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
332/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
333/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
334/// GCC.
335QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
336 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000337 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339
340 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000341
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000342 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
343 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000344 QualType lhs =
345 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
346 QualType rhs =
347 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000348
349 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
350 if (lhs == rhs)
351 return lhs;
352
353 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
354 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
355 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
356 return lhs;
357
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000358 // Perform bitfield promotions.
359 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
360 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
361 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
362 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
363 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
364 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
365
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000366 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000367 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000368 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000370 return destType;
371}
372
373QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
374 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
375 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
376 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
377 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
378 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000379 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
380 lhs = Context.IntTy;
381 else
382 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
383 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
384 rhs = Context.IntTy;
385 else
386 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000387
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000388 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
389 if (lhs == rhs)
390 return lhs;
391
392 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
393 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
394 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
395 return lhs;
396
397 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
398
399 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
400 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
401 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
402 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
403 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000404 return lhs;
405 }
406 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
407 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000408 return rhs;
409 }
410 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
411 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
412 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
413 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
414 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
415 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
416 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
417 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
418 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
419 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
420 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
421
422 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
423 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000424 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
425 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000426 }
427 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
428 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
429 // does not require this promotion.
430 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
431 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000432 return rhs;
433 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000434 return lhs;
435 }
436 }
437 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
438 }
439 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
440 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
441 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000442 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000443 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 return lhs;
445 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000446 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
447 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
448 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
449 }
450 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000451 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 return rhs;
453 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000454 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
455 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
456 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
457 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000458 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
459 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
460 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000461 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000462 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000463 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
464 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000465 }
466 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
467 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
468 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
469 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470
471 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
472 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000473 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
474 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000475 return rhs;
476 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
477 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000478 return lhs;
479 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
480 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000481 return rhs;
482 }
483 }
484 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
485 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
486 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
487 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
488 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
489 QualType destType;
490 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
491 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
492 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
493 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
494 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
495 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
496 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
497 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
498 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
499 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
500 // use the signed type.
501 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
502 } else {
503 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
504 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
505 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
506 // to the signed type.
507 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
508 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000509 return destType;
510}
511
512//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
513// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
514//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
515
516
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000517/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000518/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
519/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
520/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
521/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000522///
523Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000524Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000525 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
526
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000527 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000528 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000529 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000530
531 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
532 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
533 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000534
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000536 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000537 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000538
539 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
540 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
541 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000542
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000543 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
544 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
545 // strings.
546 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000547 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000548 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000549
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000550 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000551 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
552 Literal.GetStringLength(),
553 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
554 &StringTokLocs[0],
555 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000556}
557
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000558/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
559/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
560/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
561/// for values inside the block or for globals).
562///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000563/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
564/// up-to-date.
565///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000566static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
567 ValueDecl *VD) {
568 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
569 // we wanted to.
570 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
571 return false;
572
573 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
574 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
575 return false;
576
577 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
578 // snapshot it.
579 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
580 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000581 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
582 return false;
583
584 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
585 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
586
587 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
588 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
589 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
590 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
591 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
592 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
593 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
594 // having a reference outside it.
595 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
596 break;
597
598 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
599 // a snapshot as well.
600 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
601 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000602
603 return true;
604}
605
606
607
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000608/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000609/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000610/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000611/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000612/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000613Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
614 IdentifierInfo &II,
615 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000616 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
617 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
618 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000619 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000620}
621
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000622/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
623/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
624/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000625Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
627 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
628 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson9bd48662009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000629 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
630 Diag(Loc,
631 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
632 << D->getDeclName();
633 return ExprError();
634 }
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000635
636 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
637 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
638 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
639 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
641 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
642 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
643 << D->getIdentifier();
644 return ExprError();
645 }
646 }
647 }
648 }
649
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000650 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000651
652 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000653 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000654 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
655 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000656 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000657 } else
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000658 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
659
660 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000661}
662
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000663/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
664/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
665/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000666static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
667 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000668 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
669 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
670
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000671 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
672 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
673 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000674 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000675 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
676 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000677 D != DEnd; ++D) {
678 if (*D == Record) {
679 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
680 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
681 ++D;
682 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000683 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000684 return *D;
685 }
686 }
687
688 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
689 return 0;
690}
691
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000692/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
693/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
694/// actual member.
695///
696/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
697/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
698/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
699/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
700/// we found.
701///
702/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
703/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
704/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
705VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
706 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000707 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
708 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
709 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
710
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000711 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000712 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
713 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
714 do {
715 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000716 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000717 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000718 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000719 else {
720 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
721 break;
722 }
723 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
724 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
725 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000726
727 return BaseObject;
728}
729
730Sema::OwningExprResult
731Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
732 FieldDecl *Field,
733 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
734 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
735 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
736 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
737 AnonFields);
738
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000739 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
740 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
741 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
742 // found via name lookup.
743 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
744 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
745 if (BaseObject) {
746 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
747 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000748 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000750 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000751 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000752 ExtraQuals
753 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
754 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
755 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
756 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
757 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
758 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +0000759 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000760 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
761 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
762 }
763 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
764 } else {
765 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
766 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
767 // program our base object expression is "this".
768 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
769 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
770 QualType AnonFieldType
771 = Context.getTagDeclType(
772 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
773 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
774 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
775 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
776 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
777 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000778 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000779 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000780 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
781 }
782 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000783 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
784 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000785 }
786 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
787 }
788
789 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000790 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
791 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000792 }
793
794 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
795 // anonymous struct/union.
796 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
797 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
798 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
799 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
800 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
801 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
802 unsigned combinedQualifiers
803 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
804 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
805 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000806 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000807 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
808 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000809 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
810 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000811 }
812
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000813 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000814}
815
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000816/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
817/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
818/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
819/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
820/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
821/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
822/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
823/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
824/// forms.
825///
826/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
827/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
828/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
829/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000830///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000831/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
832/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
833/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
834/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000835Sema::OwningExprResult
836Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
837 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000838 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000839 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000840 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000841 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
842 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000843
844 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
845 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
846 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
847 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000848 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000849 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000850 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
851 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson4e8d5692009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000852 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
853 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000854 }
855
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000856 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
857 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000858
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000859 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
860 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
861 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
862 : SourceRange());
863 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000864 }
865
866 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000867
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000868 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
869 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000870 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
871 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000872 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
873 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000874 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
875 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
876 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000877 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000879 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000880 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000881 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000882 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
883 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000884
885 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
886 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
887 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
888 return ExprError();
889
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000890 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
891 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
892 // an error.
893 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
894 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
895 << IV->getDeclName());
896 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
897 // same name exists, use the global.
898 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000899 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
900 ClassDeclared != IFace)
901 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000902 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
903 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000904 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argiris Kirtzidis3bb49042009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000905 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
906 II, false);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000907 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000908 return Owned(new (Context)
909 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000910 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000911 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000912 }
913 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000914 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
915 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
916 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000917 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000918 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000919 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
920 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000921 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000922 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000923 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000924 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000925 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000926 QualType T;
927
928 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000929 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
930 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000931 else
932 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000933 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000934 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000935 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000936
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000937 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
938 // argument-dependent lookup.
939 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
940 HasTrailingLParen;
941
942 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000943 // We've seen something of the form
944 //
945 // identifier(
946 //
947 // and we did not find any entity by the name
948 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
949 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
950 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
951 Context.OverloadTy,
952 Loc));
953 }
954
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000955 if (D == 0) {
956 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
957 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000958 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000959 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000960 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000961 else {
962 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
963 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000964 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000965 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
966 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000967 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
968 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000969 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
970 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000971 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000972 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000973 }
974 }
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000975
976 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
977 // Warn about constructs like:
978 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
979 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
980
981 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
982 // information to check this property.
983 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
984 Scope *CheckS = S;
985 while (CheckS) {
986 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
987 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
988 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
989 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
990 << Var->getDeclName());
991 else
992 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
993 << Var->getDeclName());
994 break;
995 }
996
997 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
998 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
999 if (CheckS)
1000 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1001 }
1002 }
1003 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1004 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1005 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1006 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1007 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1008 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1009 // type.
1010 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1011 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001012
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001013 QualType T = Func->getType();
1014 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1015 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1016 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1017 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1018 }
1019 }
1020
1021 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1022}
1023
1024/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1025Sema::OwningExprResult
1026Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1027 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1028 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1029 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1030 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1031 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1032
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001033 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1034 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1035 // not any specific instance's member.
1036 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001037 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001038 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001039 QualType DType;
1040 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1041 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1042 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1043 DType = Method->getType();
1044 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1045 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1046 }
1047 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1048 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1049 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1050 // dependent.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001051 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001052 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001053 }
1054 }
1055 }
1056
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001057 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1058 // (C++ [class.union]).
1059 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1060 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1061 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001062
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001063 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1064 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1065 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1066 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1067 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1068 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1069 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1070 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1071 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1072 QualType MemberType;
1073 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1074 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1075 MemberType = FD->getType();
1076
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001077 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001078 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1079 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1080 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1081 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1082 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1083 }
1084 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1085 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1086 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1087 MemberType = Method->getType();
1088 }
1089 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1090 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1091 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1092 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1093 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1094 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1095 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1096 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1097 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1098 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1099 break;
1100 }
1101 }
1102 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001103
1104 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001105 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1106 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1107 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1108 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1109 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1110 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001111 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001112 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001113 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001114 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001115 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001116 }
1117 }
1118 }
1119 }
1120
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001121 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001122 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1123 if (MD->isStatic())
1124 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001125 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1126 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001127 }
1128
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001129 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1130 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1131 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001132 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1133 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001134 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001135
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001136 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001137 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001138 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001139 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001140 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001141 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001142
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001143 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001144 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001145 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1146 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001147 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001148 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1149 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001150 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001151
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001152 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1153 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1154 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1155 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001156 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1157 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001158 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1159 return ExprError();
1160
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001161 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1162 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001163 return ExprError();
1164
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001165 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1166 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1167 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1168 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001169 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001170 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1171 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1172 //
1173 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001174 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001175 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001176 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001177 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001178 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001179 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1180 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001181 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001182
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001183 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001184 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1185 constAdded));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001186 }
1187 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1188 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001189
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001190 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001191 bool ValueDependent = false;
1192 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1193 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1194 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1195 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1196 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1197 TypeDependent = true;
1198 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1199 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1200 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1201 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1202 TypeDependent = true;
1203 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1204 // names a dependent type.
1205 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001206 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001207 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1208 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001209 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001210 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1211 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1212 TypeDependent = true;
1213 break;
1214 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001215 }
1216 }
1217 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001218
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001219 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1220 //
1221 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1222 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1223 if (TypeDependent)
1224 ValueDependent = true;
1225 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1226 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1227 ValueDependent = true;
1228 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1229 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedman1f7744a2009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001230 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1231 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1232 Dcl->getInit()) {
1233 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1234 }
1235 }
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001236 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001237
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001238 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1239 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001240}
1241
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001242Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1243 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001244 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001245
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001246 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001247 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001248 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1249 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1250 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001251 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001252
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001253 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1254 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001255 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001256 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1257 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001258 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1259 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1260 else {
1261 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1262 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1263 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1264 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265
1266
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001267 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001268 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001269 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001270 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001271}
1272
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001273Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001274 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1275 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1276 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1277 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001278
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001279 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1280 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1281 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001282 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001283
1284 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1285
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001286 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1287 Literal.isWide(),
1288 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001289}
1290
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001291Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1292 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001293 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1294 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001295 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001296 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001297 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001298 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001299 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001300
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001301 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001302 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1303 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001304 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001305
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001306 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1307 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001308
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001309 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1310 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1311 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001312 return ExprError();
1313
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001314 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001315
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001316 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001317 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001318 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001319 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001320 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001321 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001322 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001323 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001324
1325 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1326
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001327 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1328 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnerff1bf1a2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001329 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1330 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001331
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001332 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001333 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001334 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001335 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001336
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001337 // long long is a C99 feature.
1338 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001339 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001340 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1341
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001342 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001343 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001344
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001345 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1346 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1347 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001348 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1349 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001350 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001351 } else {
1352 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1353 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001354
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001355 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1356 // be an unsigned int.
1357 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1358
1359 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001360 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001361 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1362 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001363 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001364
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001365 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1366 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1367 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1368 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001369 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001370 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001371 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001372 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001373 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001374 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001375
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001376 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001377 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001378 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001379
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001380 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1381 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1382 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1383 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001384 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001385 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001386 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001387 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001388 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001389 }
1390
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001391 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001392 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001393 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001394
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001395 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1396 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1397 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1398 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001399 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001400 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001401 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001402 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001403 }
1404 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001405
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001406 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1407 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001408 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001409 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001410 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001411 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001412 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001413
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001414 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1415 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001416 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001417 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001418 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001419
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001420 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1421 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001422 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1423 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001424
1425 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001426}
1427
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001428Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1429 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001430 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001431 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001432 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001433}
1434
1435/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1436/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001437bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001438 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1439 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1440 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001441 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1442 return false;
1443
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001444 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001445 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001446 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001447 if (isSizeof)
1448 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1449 return false;
1450 }
1451
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001452 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001453 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001454 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1455 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001456 return false;
1457 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001458
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001459 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1460 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1461 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1462 ExprRange))
1463 return true;
1464
1465 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001466 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001467 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001468 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1469 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001470 }
1471
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001472 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001473}
1474
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001475bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1476 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1477 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001478
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001479 // alignof decl is always ok.
1480 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1481 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001482
1483 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1484 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1485 return false;
1486
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001487 if (E->getBitField()) {
1488 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1489 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001490 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001491
1492 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1493 // bit-field.
1494 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1495 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1496 return false;
1497
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001498 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1499}
1500
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001501/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1502Action::OwningExprResult
1503Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1504 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1505 if (T.isNull())
1506 return ExprError();
1507
1508 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1509 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1510 return ExprError();
1511
1512 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1513 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1514 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1515 R.getEnd()));
1516}
1517
1518/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1519/// operand.
1520Action::OwningExprResult
1521Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1522 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1523 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1524 bool isInvalid = false;
1525 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1526 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1527 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1528 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001529 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001530 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1531 isInvalid = true;
1532 } else {
1533 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1534 }
1535
1536 if (isInvalid)
1537 return ExprError();
1538
1539 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1540 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1541 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1542 R.getEnd()));
1543}
1544
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001545/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1546/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1547/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001548Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001549Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1550 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001551 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001552 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001553
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001554 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001555 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1556 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1557 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001558
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001559 // Get the end location.
1560 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1561 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1562 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1563
1564 if (Result.isInvalid())
1565 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1566
1567 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001568}
1569
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001570QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001571 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1572 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001573
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001574 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001575 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1576 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001577
1578 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1579 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1580 return V->getType();
1581
1582 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001583 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1584 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001585 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001586}
1587
1588
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001589
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001590Action::OwningExprResult
1591Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1592 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1593 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001594
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001595 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1596 switch (Kind) {
1597 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1598 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1599 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1600 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001601
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001602 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1603 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1604 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001605 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001606 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1607
1608 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1609 //
1610 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1611 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1612 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1613 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1614 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1615 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1616 // argument will have value zero.
1617 Expr *Args[2] = {
1618 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001619 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1620 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001621 };
1622
1623 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1624 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001625 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001626
1627 // Perform overload resolution.
1628 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001629 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001630 case OR_Success: {
1631 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1632 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1633
1634 if (FnDecl) {
1635 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1636 // operator.
1637
1638 // Convert the arguments.
1639 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1640 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001641 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001642 } else {
1643 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001644 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001645 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1646 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001647 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001648 }
1649
1650 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001651 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001652 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1653 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001654
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001655 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001656 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001657 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001658 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1659
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001660 Input.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001661 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001662 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1663 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1664 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001665 } else {
1666 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1667 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1668 // operator node.
1669 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1670 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001671 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001672
1673 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001675 }
1676
1677 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1678 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1679 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1680 break;
1681
1682 case OR_Ambiguous:
1683 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1684 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1685 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1686 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001687 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001688
1689 case OR_Deleted:
1690 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1691 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1692 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1693 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1694 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1695 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001696 }
1697
1698 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1699 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1700 // build a built-in operation.
1701 }
1702
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001703 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1704 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001705 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001706 return ExprError();
1707 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001708 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001709}
1710
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001711Action::OwningExprResult
1712Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1713 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1714 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1715 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001716
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001717 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001718 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1719 Base.release();
1720 Idx.release();
1721 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1722 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1723 }
1724
1725 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001726 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001727 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1728 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1729 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001730 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1731 // to the candidate set.
1732 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1733 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001734 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1735 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001736
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001737 // Perform overload resolution.
1738 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001739 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001740 case OR_Success: {
1741 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1742 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1743
1744 if (FnDecl) {
1745 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1746 // operator.
1747
1748 // Convert the arguments.
1749 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1750 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1751 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1752 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1753 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001754 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001755 } else {
1756 // Convert the arguments.
1757 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1758 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1759 "passing") ||
1760 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1761 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1762 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001763 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001764 }
1765
1766 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001767 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001768 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1769 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001770
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001771 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001772 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1773 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001774 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1775
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001776 Base.release();
1777 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001778 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1779 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001780 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1781 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001782 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001783 } else {
1784 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1785 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1786 // operator node.
1787 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1788 "passing") ||
1789 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1790 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001791 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001792
1793 break;
1794 }
1795 }
1796
1797 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1798 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1799 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1800 break;
1801
1802 case OR_Ambiguous:
1803 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1804 << "[]"
1805 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1806 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001807 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001808
1809 case OR_Deleted:
1810 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1811 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1812 << "[]"
1813 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1814 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001816 }
1817
1818 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1819 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1820 // build a built-in operation.
1821 }
1822
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001823 // Perform default conversions.
1824 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1825 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001826
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001827 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1828
1829 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001830 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001831 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001832 // and index from the expression types.
1833 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1834 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001835 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1836 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1837 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1838 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001839 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001840 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1841 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001842 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001843 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001844 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1845 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1846 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001847 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001848 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1849 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1850 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1851 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1852 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1853 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1854 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1855 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1856 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1857 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1858 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001859 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1860 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001861 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001862
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001863 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1864 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001865 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1866 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1867 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1868 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1869 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1870 // force the promotion here.
1871 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1872 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1873 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1874 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1875
1876 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1877 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001878 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001879 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1880 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1881 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1882 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1883 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1884 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1885
1886 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1887 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001888 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001889 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001890 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1891 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001892 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001893 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001894 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001895 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1896 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001897
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001898 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1899 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1900 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1901 // incomplete types are not object types.
1902 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1903 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1904 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1905 return ExprError();
1906 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001907
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001908 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001909 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001910 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1911 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001912
1913 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1914 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1915 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1916 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1917 return ExprError();
1918 }
1919
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001920 Base.release();
1921 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001922 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001923 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001924}
1925
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001926QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001927CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001928 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001929 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001930
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001931 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1932 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001933
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001934 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001935 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1936 // to be selected.
1937 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001938
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001939 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1940 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begemane2ed6f72009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001941 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001942
1943 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1944 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001945 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001946 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1947 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001948 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001949 do
1950 compStr++;
1951 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001952 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001953 do
1954 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001955 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001956 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001957
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001958 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001959 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1960 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001961 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1962 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001963 return QualType();
1964 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001965
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001966 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1967 // operates on.
1968 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1969 compStr = CompName.getName();
1970
1971 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001972 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001973
1974 while (*compStr) {
1975 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1976 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1977 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1978 return QualType();
1979 }
1980 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001981 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001982
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001983 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1984 // number of elements.
1985 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001986 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001987 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001988 return QualType();
1989 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001990
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001991 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001992 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001993 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001994 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001995 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001996 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1997 : CompName.getLength();
1998 if (HexSwizzle)
1999 CompSize--;
2000
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002001 if (CompSize == 1)
2002 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002003
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002004 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002005 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002006 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2007 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2008 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2009 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002010 }
2011 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002012}
2013
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002014static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2015 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002016 const Selector &Sel,
2017 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002018
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002019 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002020 return PD;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002021 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002022 return OMD;
2023
2024 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2025 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002026 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2027 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002028 return D;
2029 }
2030 return 0;
2031}
2032
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002033static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002034 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002035 const Selector &Sel,
2036 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002037 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2038 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002039 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002040 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002041 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002042 GDecl = PD;
2043 break;
2044 }
2045 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002046 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002047 GDecl = OMD;
2048 break;
2049 }
2050 }
2051 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002052 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002053 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2054 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002055 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002056 if (GDecl)
2057 return GDecl;
2058 }
2059 }
2060 return GDecl;
2061}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002062
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002063/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2064/// all base class implementations.
2065///
2066ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2067 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2068 const Selector &Sel) {
2069 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002070 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2071 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002072 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002073
2074 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2075 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2076 return Method;
2077}
2078
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002079Action::OwningExprResult
2080Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2081 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002082 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002083 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002084 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002085 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002086
2087 // Perform default conversions.
2088 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002089
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002090 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2091 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002092
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002093 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2094 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002095 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002096 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002097 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2098 BaseExpr, true,
2099 OpLoc,
2100 DeclarationName(&Member),
2101 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002102 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002103 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002104 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2105 ;
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002106 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002107 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2108 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002109 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002110 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2111 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2112 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002113 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002114 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2115 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2116 // (so we'll report an error for)
2117 // T* t;
2118 // t.f;
2119 //
2120 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2121 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2122 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002123 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002124
2125 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2126 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002127 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2128 BaseExpr, false,
2129 OpLoc,
2130 DeclarationName(&Member),
2131 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002132 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002133 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002134
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002135 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2136 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002137 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002138 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002139 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002140 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2141 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2142 return ExprError();
2143
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002144 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002145 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002146 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002147 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002148 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002149
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002150 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002151 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2152 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002153 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002154 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2155 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2156 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002157 }
2158
2159 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002160
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002161 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2162 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2163 // error cases.
2164 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2165 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002166
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002167 // Check the use of this field
2168 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2169 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002170
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002171 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002172 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2173 // (C++ [class.union]).
2174 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002175 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002176 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002177
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002178 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2179 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002180 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002181 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002182 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2183 else {
2184 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2185 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002186 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002187 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2188 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2189 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002190
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002191 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002192 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2193 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002194 }
2195
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002196 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2197 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002198 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002199 Var, MemberLoc,
2200 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002201 }
2202 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2203 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002204 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002205 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2206 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002207 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002208 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2209 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002210 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002211 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002212 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2213 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002214 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2215 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002216 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002217 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002218 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2219 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002220
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002221 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2222 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2223 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002224 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2225 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2226 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002227 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002228
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002229 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002230 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002231 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2232 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2233 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2234 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2235 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2236 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2237 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2238 // Check the use of this method.
2239 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2240 return ExprError();
2241 }
2242 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2243 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2244 Selector SetterSel =
2245 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2246 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2247 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2248 if (!Setter) {
2249 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2250 // methods.
2251 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2252 }
2253 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2254 if (!Setter) {
2255 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2256 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2257 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(SetterSel);
2258 }
2259 }
2260
2261 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2262 return ExprError();
2263
2264 if (Getter || Setter) {
2265 QualType PType;
2266
2267 if (Getter)
2268 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2269 else {
2270 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2271 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2272 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2273 }
2274 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2275 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2276 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2277 }
2278 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2279 << &Member << BaseType);
2280 }
2281 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002282 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2283 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002284 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2285 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2286 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2287 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2288 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002289
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002290 if (IFaceT) {
2291 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2292 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2293 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2294
2295 if (IV) {
2296 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2297 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2298 // error cases.
2299 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2300 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002301
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002302 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2303 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2304 return ExprError();
2305 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2306 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2307 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2308 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2309 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2310 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2311 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2312 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2313 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2314 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2315 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2316 // AST for a function decl.
2317 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2318 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2319 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2320 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2321 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2322 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2323 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2324 }
2325
2326 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2327 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2328 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2329 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2330 << IV->getDeclName();
2331 }
2332 // @protected
2333 else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2334 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2335 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002336 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002337
2338 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2339 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2340 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002341 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002342 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2343 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2344 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002345 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002346 // We don't have an interface. FIXME: deal with ObjC builtin 'id' type.
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002347 }
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002348 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2349 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2350 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2351 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2352
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002353 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2354 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2355 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2356 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2357 // Check the use of this declaration
2358 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2359 return ExprError();
2360
2361 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2362 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2363 }
2364 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2365 // Check the use of this method.
2366 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2367 return ExprError();
2368
2369 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2370 OMD->getResultType(),
2371 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2372 NULL, 0));
2373 }
2374 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002375
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002376 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2377 << &Member << BaseType);
2378 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002379 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2380 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002381 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2382 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2383 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2384 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2385 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2386
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002387 // Search for a declared property first.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002388 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002389 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2390 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2391 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002392 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2393 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002394 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002395 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2396 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002397 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002398 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2399 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002400 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002401 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = IFaceT->qual_begin(),
2402 E = IFaceT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002403 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002404 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2405 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2406 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002407
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002408 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002409 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2410 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002411 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2412 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2413 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2414 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2415 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2416 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002417
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002418 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2419 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2420 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002421 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2422 // selector is implemented.
2423
2424 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2425 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2426
2427 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002428 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002429
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002430 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2431 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002432 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002433
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002434 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2435 if (!Getter) {
2436 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2437 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002438 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002439 }
2440 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002441 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002442 // Check if we can reference this property.
2443 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2444 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002445 }
2446 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2447 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2448 Selector SetterSel =
2449 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2450 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002451 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002452 if (!Setter) {
2453 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2454 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002455 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002456 }
2457 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2458 if (!Setter) {
2459 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2460 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002461 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002462 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002463 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002464
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002465 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2466 return ExprError();
2467
2468 if (Getter || Setter) {
2469 QualType PType;
2470
2471 if (Getter)
2472 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2473 else {
2474 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2475 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2476 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2477 }
2478 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2479 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2480 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2481 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002482 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2483 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002484 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002485
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002486 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002487 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002488 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2489 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002490 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002491 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002492 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002493 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002494
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002495 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2496 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2497
2498 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2499 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2500 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2501 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2502 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2503 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002504 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002505 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2506 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2507 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2508 }
2509
2510 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002511}
2512
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002513/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2514/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2515/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2516/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2517/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2518/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002519bool
2520Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002521 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002522 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002523 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2524 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002525 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002526 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2527 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2528 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002529 bool Invalid = false;
2530
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002531 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2532 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2533 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2534 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2535 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2536 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2537 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2538 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002539 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002540 }
2541
2542 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2543 // them.
2544 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2545 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2546 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2547 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2548 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2549 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2550 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2551 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002552 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002553 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002554 }
2555 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2556 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002557
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002558 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2559 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2560 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002561
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002562 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002563 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002564 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002565
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002566 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2567 ProtoArgType,
2568 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2569 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2570 return true;
2571
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002572 // Pass the argument.
2573 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2574 return true;
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002575 } else {
2576 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2577 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2578 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2579 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2580 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2581 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002582 } else {
2583 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2584
2585 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2586 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2587 // be properly destroyed.
2588 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2589 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2590 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2591 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2592 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2593 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2594 }
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002595 }
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002596
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002597 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002598 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002599 }
2600
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002601 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002602
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002603 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2604 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002605
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002606 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2607 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002608 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2609 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2610 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2611 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2612 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2613
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002614 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2615 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2616 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002617 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002618 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2619 }
2620 }
2621
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002622 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002623}
2624
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002625/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002626/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2627/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002628Action::OwningExprResult
2629Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2630 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002631 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002632 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002633 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002634 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002635 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002636 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002637 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002638 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002639
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002640 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002641 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002642 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002643 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2644 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002645 bool Dependent = false;
2646 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2647 Dependent = true;
2648 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2649 Dependent = true;
2650
2651 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002652 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002653 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2654
2655 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2656 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2657 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2658 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2659
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002660 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002661 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2662 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2663 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2664 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2665 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2666 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2667 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002668 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2669 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002670 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002671 }
2672
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002673 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002674 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2675 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002676 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2677 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002678 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2679 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2680 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002681 while (true) {
2682 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2683 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2684 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002685 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002686 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002687 ADL = false;
2688 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2689 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002690 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002691 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2692 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002693 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002694 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2695 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002696 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002697 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002698 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002699 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2700 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2701 break;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002702 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2703 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2704 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002705 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2706 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2707 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2708
2709 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2710 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2711 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2712 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2713 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2714 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2715 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2716 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2717 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2718 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2719 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2720 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2721 //
2722 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2723 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2724 // is still possible.
2725 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2726 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002727 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002728 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002729 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2730 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2731 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002732 break;
2733 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002734 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002735
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002736 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002737 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002738 if (NDecl) {
2739 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2740 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002741 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2742 else
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002743 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2744 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002745 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002746
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002747 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2748 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002749 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002750 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002751 ADL = false;
2752
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002753 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2754 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2755 ADL = false;
2756
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002757 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002758 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2759 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2760 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2761 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2762 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2763 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002764 if (!FDecl)
2765 return ExprError();
2766
2767 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2768 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002769 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002770 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002771 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2772 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2773 false, false,
2774 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2775 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002776 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002777 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002778 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2779 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2780 Fn = NewFn;
2781 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002782 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002783
2784 // Promote the function operand.
2785 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2786
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002787 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2788 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002789 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2790 Args, NumArgs,
2791 Context.BoolTy,
2792 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002793
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002794 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2795 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2796 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2797 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002798 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002799 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002800 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2801 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002802 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2803 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002804 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002805 getAsFunctionType();
2806 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002807 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002808 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2809 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2810
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002811 // Check for a valid return type
2812 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2813 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2814 FuncT->getResultType(),
2815 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2816 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2817 return ExprError();
2818
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002819 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002820 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002821
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002822 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002823 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002824 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002825 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002826 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002827 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002828
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002829 if (FDecl) {
2830 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2831 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2832 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002833 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanf7ed7812009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002834 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2835 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2836 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2837 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2838 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2839 }
2840 }
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002841 }
2842
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002843 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002844 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2845 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2846 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002847 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2848 Arg->getType(),
2849 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2850 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2851 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002852 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002853 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002854 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002855
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002856 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2857 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002858 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2859 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002860
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002861 // Check for sentinels
2862 if (NDecl)
2863 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002864 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002865 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002866 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002867 if (NDecl)
2868 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002869
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002870 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002871}
2872
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002873Action::OwningExprResult
2874Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2875 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002876 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002877 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2878 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002879 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002880 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002881
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002882 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002883 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002884 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2885 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002886 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2887 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2888 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002889 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002890 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002891
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002892 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002893 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002894 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002895
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002896 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002897 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002898 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002899 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002900 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002901 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002902 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002903 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002904}
2905
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002906Action::OwningExprResult
2907Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002908 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2909 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2910 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002911
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002912 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002913 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002914
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002915 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002916 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002917 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002918 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002919}
2920
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002921/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002922bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002923 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2924
2925 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2926 // type needs to be scalar.
2927 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2928 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002929 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2930 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002931 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002932 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2933 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2934 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2935 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002936 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002937 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2938 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2939 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2940 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002941 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002942 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002943 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002944 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2945 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2946 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2947 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2948 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2949 break;
2950 }
2951 }
2952 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2953 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2954 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2955 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002956 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002957 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002958 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002959 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002960 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002961 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002962 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2963 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002964 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002965 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
2966 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002967 return true;
2968 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2969 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2970 return true;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002971 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2972 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2973 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002974 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002975 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002976 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2977 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2978 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2979 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2980 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2981 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2982 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2983 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2984 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2985 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2986 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002987 }
Fariborz Jahanian4862e872009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002988 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2989 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002990 return false;
2991}
2992
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002993bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002994 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002995
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002996 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002997 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002998 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002999 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003000 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003001 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003002 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003003 } else
3004 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003005 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003006 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003007
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003008 return false;
3009}
3010
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003011bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3012 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3013
Nate Begeman9e063702009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003014 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3015 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003016 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3017 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3018 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3019 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3020 return false;
3021 }
3022
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003023 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003024 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3025 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003026 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3027 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3028 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3029 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003030 return false;
3031}
3032
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003033Action::OwningExprResult
3034Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3035 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3036 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3037 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003038
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003039 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003040 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
3041
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003042 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003043 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003044 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003045 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003046}
3047
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003048/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3049/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003050/// C99 6.5.15
3051QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3052 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003053 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3054 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3055 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3056
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003057 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3058 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3059 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3060 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3061 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3062 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003063
3064 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003065 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3066 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3067 << CondTy;
3068 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003069 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003070
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003071 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003072
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003073 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3074 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003075 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3076 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3077 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003078 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003079
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003080 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3081 // type.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003082 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3083 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003084 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003085 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003086 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003087 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003088 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003089 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003090
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003091 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003092 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003093 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3094 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3095 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3096 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3097 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3098 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3099 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3100 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3101 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003102 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003103 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003104 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3105 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003106 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003107 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3108 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3109 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003110 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003111 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003112 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3113 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3114 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003115 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003116 // Handle block pointer types.
3117 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3118 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3119 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3120 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3121 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3122 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3123 return destType;
3124 }
3125 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3126 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3127 return QualType();
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003128 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003129 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3130 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3131 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003132 return LHSTy;
3133 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003134 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003135 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3136 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003138 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3139 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003140 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3141 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3142 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3143 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3144 // to get a consistent AST.
3145 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3146 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3147 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3148 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003149 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003150 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3151 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3152 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003153 return LHSTy;
3154 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003155 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003156 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003157
3158 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3159 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3160 return LHSTy;
3161 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003162 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3163 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003164 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3165
3166 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3167 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3168 // type. This allows
3169 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3170 // where B is a subclass of A.
3171 //
3172 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3173 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3174 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3175 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3176
3177 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3178 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003179 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003180 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003181 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003182 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003183 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3184 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
3185 ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
3186 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3187 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3188 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3189 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3190 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3191 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003192 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3193 } else {
3194 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3195 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3196 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3197 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3198 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3199 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3200 return incompatTy;
3201 }
3202 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3203 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3204 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3205 return compositeType;
3206 }
3207 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3208 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3209 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003210 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3211 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003212
3213 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3214 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3215 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3216 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3217 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3218 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3219 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3220 return destType;
3221 }
3222 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3223 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3224 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3225 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3226 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3227 return destType;
3228 }
3229
3230 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3231 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3232 return LHSTy;
3233 }
3234 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3235 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3236 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3237 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3238 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3239 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3240 // to get a consistent AST.
3241 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3242 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3243 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3244 return incompatTy;
3245 }
3246 // The pointer types are compatible.
3247 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3248 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3249 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3250 // type.
3251 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3252 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3253 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3254 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3255 return LHSTy;
3256 }
3257
3258 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3259 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3260 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3261 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3262 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3263 return RHSTy;
3264 }
3265 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3266 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3267 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3268 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3269 return LHSTy;
3270 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003271
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003272 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003273 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3274 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003275 return QualType();
3276}
3277
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003278/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003279/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003280Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3281 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3282 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3283 ExprArg RHS) {
3284 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3285 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003286
3287 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3288 // was the condition.
3289 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3290 if (isLHSNull)
3291 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003292
3293 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003294 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3295 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003296 return ExprError();
3297
3298 Cond.release();
3299 LHS.release();
3300 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003301 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003302 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3303 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003304}
3305
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003306
3307// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003308// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003309// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3310// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3311// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003312Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003313Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3314 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003315
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003316 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003317 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3318 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003319
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003320 return CheckPointeeTypesForAssignment(lhptee, rhptee);
3321}
3322
3323Sema::AssignConvertType
3324Sema::CheckPointeeTypesForAssignment(QualType lhptee, QualType rhptee) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003325 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003326 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3327 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003328
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003329 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003330
3331 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3332 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3333 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003334 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003335 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003336 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003337
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003338 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3339 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003340 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003341 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003342 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003343 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003344
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003345 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003346 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3347 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003348 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003349
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003350 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003351 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003352 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003353
3354 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003355 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3356 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003357 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003358 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003359 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003360 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3361 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3362 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3363 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3364 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3365 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3366 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3367 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3368 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3369 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3370 }
3371 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3372 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3373 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3374 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3375 }
3376 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3377 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3378 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3379 // warning can be disabled.
3380 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3381 return ConvTy;
3382 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3383 }
3384 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3385 return IncompatiblePointer;
3386 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003387 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003388}
3389
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003390/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3391/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3392/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3393// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003394Sema::AssignConvertType
3395Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003396 QualType rhsType) {
3397 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003398
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003399 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003400 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3401 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003402
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003403 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3404 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3405 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003406
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003407 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003408
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003409 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3410 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3411 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003412
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003413 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003414 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003415 return ConvTy;
3416}
3417
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003418/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3419/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003420/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3421///
3422/// int a, *pint;
3423/// short *pshort;
3424/// struct foo *pfoo;
3425///
3426/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3427/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3428/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3429/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3430///
3431/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003432/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003433///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003434Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003435Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003436 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3437 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003438 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3439 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003440
3441 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003442 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003443
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003444 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3445 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3446 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3447 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3448 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3449 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3450 // type.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003451 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003452 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003453 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003454 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003455 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003456 // FIXME: Look into removing. With ObjCObjectPointerType, I don't see a need.
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003457 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3458 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003459 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003460 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3461 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3462 return IntToPointer;
3463 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3464 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003465 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003466 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003467 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3468 // to the same ExtVector type.
3469 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3470 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3471 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3472 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3473 return Compatible;
3474 }
3475
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003476 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003477 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003478 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003479 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003480 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3481 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003482 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003483 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003484 }
3485 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003486 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003487
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003488 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003489 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003490
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003491 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003492 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003493 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003494
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003495 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003496 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003497
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003498 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3499 QualType rhptee = rhsType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003500 QualType lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003501 return CheckPointeeTypesForAssignment(lhptee, rhptee);
3502 }
3503
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003504 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
3505 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003506 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003507
3508 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003509 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003510 return Compatible;
3511 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003512 return Incompatible;
3513 }
3514
3515 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3516 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003517 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003518
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003519 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003520 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003521 return Compatible;
3522
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003523 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3524 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003525
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003526 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003527 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003528 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003529 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003530 return Incompatible;
3531 }
3532
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003533 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3534 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3535 return IntToPointer;
3536
3537 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
3538 QualType lhptee = lhsType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003539 QualType rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003540 return CheckPointeeTypesForAssignment(lhptee, rhptee);
3541 }
3542 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003543 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3544 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003545 QualType lhptee = lhsType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3546 QualType rhptee = rhsType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3547 return CheckPointeeTypesForAssignment(lhptee, rhptee);
3548 }
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003549 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003550 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3551 return Compatible;
3552 }
3553 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3554 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3555 return Compatible;
3556 return Incompatible;
3557 }
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003558 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003559 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003560 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3561 return Compatible;
3562
3563 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003564 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003565
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003566 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003567 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003568
3569 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003570 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003571 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003572 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003573 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003574 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3575 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3576 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3577 return Compatible;
3578
3579 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3580 return PointerToInt;
3581
3582 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
3583 QualType rhptee = lhsType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003584 QualType lhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003585 return CheckPointeeTypesForAssignment(lhptee, rhptee);
3586 }
3587 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003588 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003589 return Compatible;
3590 return Incompatible;
3591 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003592
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003593 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003594 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003595 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003596 }
3597 return Incompatible;
3598}
3599
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003600/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3601/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3602static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3603 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3604 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3605 // of the transparent union.
3606 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3607 &E, 1,
3608 SourceLocation());
3609 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3610 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3611
3612 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3613 // union type from this initializer list.
3614 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3615 false);
3616}
3617
3618Sema::AssignConvertType
3619Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3620 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3621
3622 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3623 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3624 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003625 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003626 return Incompatible;
3627
3628 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3629 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3630 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3631 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003632 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3633 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003634 it != itend; ++it) {
3635 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3636 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3637 // 1) void pointer
3638 // 2) null pointer constant
3639 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003640 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003641 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3642 InitField = *it;
3643 break;
3644 }
3645
3646 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3647 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3648 InitField = *it;
3649 break;
3650 }
3651 }
3652
3653 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3654 == Compatible) {
3655 InitField = *it;
3656 break;
3657 }
3658 }
3659
3660 if (!InitField)
3661 return Incompatible;
3662
3663 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3664 return Compatible;
3665}
3666
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003667Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003668Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003669 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3670 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3671 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3672 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3673 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003674 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3675 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003676 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003677 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003678 }
3679
3680 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3681 // structures.
3682 }
3683
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003684 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3685 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003686 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003687 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003688 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003689 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003690 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003691 return Compatible;
3692 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003693
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003694 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003695 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003696 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003697 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003698 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003699 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003700 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3701 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003702
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003703 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3704 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003705
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003706 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3707 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003708 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3709 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3710 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3711 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003712 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003713 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003714 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003715}
3716
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003717QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003718 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003719 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003720 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003721 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003722}
3723
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003724inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003725 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003726 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003727 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003728 QualType lhsType =
3729 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3730 QualType rhsType =
3731 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003732
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003733 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003734 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003735 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003736
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003737 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3738 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003739 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3740 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3741 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003742 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3743 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003744 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003745 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003746 }
3747 }
3748 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003749
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003750 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3751 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3752 bool swapped = false;
3753 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3754 swapped = true;
3755 std::swap(rex, lex);
3756 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3757 }
3758
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003759 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003760 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3761 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3762 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3763 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003764 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003765 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3766 return lhsType;
3767 }
3768 }
3769 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3770 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3771 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003772 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003773 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3774 return lhsType;
3775 }
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003776 }
3777 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003778
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003779 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003780 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003781 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003782 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003783 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003784}
3785
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003786inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003787 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003788{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003789 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003790 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003791
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003792 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003793
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003794 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003795 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003796 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003797}
3798
3799inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003800 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003801{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003802 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3803 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3804 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3805 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3806 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003807
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003808 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003809
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003810 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003811 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003812 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003813}
3814
3815inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003816 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003817{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003818 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3819 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3820 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3821 return compType;
3822 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003823
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003824 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003825
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003826 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003827 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3828 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3829 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003830 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003831 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003832
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003833 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3834 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003835 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003836 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3837
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003838 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003839
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003840 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003841 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003842
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003843 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3844 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003845 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3846 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003847 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003848 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003849 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003850
3851 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3852 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3853 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003854 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003855 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3856 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3857 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3858 return QualType();
3859 }
3860
3861 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3862 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3863 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003864 } else {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003865 // Check if we require a complete type.
3866 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003867 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003868 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3869 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3870 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3871 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3872 PExp->getType()))
3873 return QualType();
3874 }
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003875 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3876 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3877 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3878 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3879 return QualType();
3880 }
3881
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003882 if (CompLHSTy) {
3883 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3884 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3885 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003886 else {
3887 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3888 if (!T.isNull())
3889 LHSTy = T;
3890 }
3891
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003892 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3893 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003894 return PExp->getType();
3895 }
3896 }
3897
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003898 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003899}
3900
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003901// C99 6.5.6
3902QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003903 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3904 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3905 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3906 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3907 return compType;
3908 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003909
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003910 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003911
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003912 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003913
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003914 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003915 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3916 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003917 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003918 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003919 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003920
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003921 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003922 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003923 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003924
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003925 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003926
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003927 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3928 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3929 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3930 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3931 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3932 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3933 return QualType();
3934 }
3935
3936 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3937 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3938 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3939 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3940 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003941 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003942 return QualType();
3943 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003944
3945 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3946 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3947 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3948 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3949 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3950 lex->getSourceRange(),
3951 SourceRange(),
3952 lex->getType()))
3953 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003954
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003955 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3956 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3957 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3958 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3959 return QualType();
3960 }
3961
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003962 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003963 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3964 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3965 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3966 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3967 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3968 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3969 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3970 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3971
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003972 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003973 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003974 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003975
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003976 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003977 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003978 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003979
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003980 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3981 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3982 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3983 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3984 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3985 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3986 return QualType();
3987 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003988
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003989 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3990 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3991 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3992 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003993 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003994 return QualType();
3995 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003996
3997 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3998 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3999 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4000 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4001 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4002 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4003 rex->getSourceRange(),
4004 SourceRange(),
4005 rex->getType()))
4006 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004007
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004008 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4009 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4010 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4011 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4012 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4013 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4014 return QualType();
4015 }
4016 } else {
4017 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4018 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4019 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4020 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4021 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4022 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4023 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4024 return QualType();
4025 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004026 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004027
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004028 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4029 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4030 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4031 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4032 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4033 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4034 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004035
4036 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004037 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4038 }
4039 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004040
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004041 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004042}
4043
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004044// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004045QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004046 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004047 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4048 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004049 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004050
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004051 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4052 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004053 QualType LHSTy;
4054 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4055 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004056 else {
4057 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4058 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4059 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4060 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004061 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004062 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4063
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004064 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004065
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004066 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004067 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004068}
4069
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004070// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004071QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004072 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4073 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4074
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004075 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004076 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004077
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004078 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004079 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4080 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4081 else {
4082 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4083 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4084 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004085 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4086 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004087
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004088 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4089 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004090 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4091 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4092 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004093 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4094 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004095 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4096 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4097 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4098 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004099 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4100 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004101 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004102
4103 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4104 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4105 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4106 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4107
4108 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4109 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004110 Expr *literalString = 0;
4111 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004112 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004113 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4114 literalString = lex;
4115 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
4116 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004117 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4118 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004119 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4120 literalString = rex;
4121 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4122 }
4123
4124 if (literalString) {
4125 std::string resultComparison;
4126 switch (Opc) {
4127 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4128 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4129 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4130 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4131 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4132 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4133 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4134 }
4135 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4136 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4137 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004138 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4139 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4140 "strcmp(")
4141 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4142 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004143 resultComparison);
4144 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004145 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004146
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004147 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004148 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004149
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004150 if (isRelational) {
4151 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004152 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004153 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004154 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004155 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004156 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004157 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004158 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004159
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004160 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004161 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004162 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004163
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004164 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4165 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004166
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004167 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4168 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4169 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004170 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004171 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004172 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004173 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004174 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004175
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004176 if (isRelational) {
4177 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004178 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4179 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4180 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004181 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4182 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4183 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4184 }
4185 } else {
4186 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4187 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4188 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4189 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4190 }
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004191 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004192
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004193 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4194 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4195 return ResultTy;
4196
4197 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4198 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4199 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4200 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4201 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4202 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4203 //
4204 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4205 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004206 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004207 if (T.isNull()) {
4208 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4209 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4210 return QualType();
4211 }
4212
4213 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4214 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4215 return ResultTy;
4216 }
4217
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004218 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004219 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4220 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004221 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004222 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004223 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004224 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004225 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004226 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004227 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004228 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4229 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4230 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4231 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4232 return ResultTy;
4233 }
4234 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4235 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4236 return ResultTy;
4237 }
4238 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4239 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4240 return ResultTy;
4241 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004242 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004243 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004244 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4245 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004246
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004247 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004248 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004249 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004250 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004251 }
4252 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004253 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004254 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004255 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004256 if (!isRelational
4257 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4258 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004259 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004260 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004261 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004262 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004263 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4264 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4265 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004266 }
4267 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004268 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004269 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004270
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004271 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004272 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004273 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4274 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004275 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004276 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004277 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004278 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004279
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004280 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4281 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004282 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004283 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004284 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004285 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004286 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004287 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004288 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4289 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4290 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4291 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4292 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004293 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004294 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004295 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004296 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004297 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004298 if (isRelational)
4299 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4300 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4301 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004302 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004303 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004304 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004305 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004306 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004307 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004308 if (isRelational)
4309 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4310 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4311 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004312 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004313 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004314 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004315 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004316 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004317 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004318 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4319 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004320 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004321 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004322 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004323 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4324 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004325 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004326 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004327 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004328 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004329}
4330
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004331/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004332/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004333/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4334/// types.
4335QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004336 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004337 bool isRelational) {
4338 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4339 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004340 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004341 if (vType.isNull())
4342 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004343
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004344 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4345 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004346
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004347 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4348 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4349 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4350 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4351 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4352 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4353 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004354 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004355 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004356
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004357 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4358 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4359 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004360 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004361 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004362
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004363 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4364 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4365 // elements for floating point vectors.
4366 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4367 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004368
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004369 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004370 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004371 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004372 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004373 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004374 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4375
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004376 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004377 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004378 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4379}
4380
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004381inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004382 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004383{
4384 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004385 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004386
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004387 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004388
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004389 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004390 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004391 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004392}
4393
4394inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004395 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004396{
4397 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4398 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004399
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004400 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004401 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004402 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004403}
4404
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004405/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4406/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4407/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4408///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004409static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004410{
4411 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4412 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4413 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4414 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004415 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4416 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4417 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4418 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4419 return true;
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004420 }
4421 }
4422 return false;
4423}
4424
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004425/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4426/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4427static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004428 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4429 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4430 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004431 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4432 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004433 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4434 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004435
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004436 unsigned Diag = 0;
4437 bool NeedType = false;
4438 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4439 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4440 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004441 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004442 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4443 NeedType = true;
4444 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004445 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004446 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4447 NeedType = true;
4448 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004449 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004450 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4451 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004452 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004453 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4454 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004455 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4456 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004457 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004458 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4459 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004460 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004461 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4462 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004463 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004464 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4465 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004466 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4467 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4468 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004469 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4470 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4471 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004472 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004473
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004474 SourceRange Assign;
4475 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4476 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004477 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004478 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004479 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004480 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004481 return true;
4482}
4483
4484
4485
4486// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004487QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4488 SourceLocation Loc,
4489 QualType CompoundType) {
4490 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4491 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004492 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004493
4494 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4495 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004496
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004497 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004498 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004499 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004500 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004501 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4502 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4503 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004504 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004505 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004506 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004507 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004508
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004509 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4510 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4511 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004512 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004513 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4514 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4515 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4516 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4517 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004518 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004519 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004520 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4521 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4522 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004523 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4524 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004525 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4526 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4527 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004528 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004529 }
4530 } else {
4531 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004532 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004533 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004534
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004535 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4536 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004537 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004538
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004539 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4540 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004541 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004542 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4543 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004544 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004545 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004546 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004547}
4548
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004549// C99 6.5.17
4550QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004551 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004552 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004553
4554 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4555 // incomplete in C++).
4556
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004557 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004558}
4559
4560/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4561/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004562QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4563 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004564 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4565 return Context.DependentTy;
4566
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004567 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4568 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004569
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004570 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4571 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4572 if (!isInc) {
4573 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4574 return QualType();
4575 }
4576 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4577 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4578 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004579 // OK!
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004580 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4581 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004582
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004583 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004584 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004585 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4586 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4587 << Op->getSourceRange();
4588 return QualType();
4589 }
4590
4591 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004592 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004593 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004594 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4595 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4596 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4597 return QualType();
4598 }
4599
4600 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004601 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004602 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004603 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4604 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4605 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004606 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian4738ac52009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004607 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4608 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4609 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4610 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4611 return QualType();
4612 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004613 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4614 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4615 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004616 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004617 } else {
4618 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004619 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004620 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004621 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004622 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004623 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004624 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004625 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004626 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004627}
4628
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004629/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004630/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004631/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4632/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4633/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4634/// - &(x) => x
4635/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4636/// - &s.xx => s
4637/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4638/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4639/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4640/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004641static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004642 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004643 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004644 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004645 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004646 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004647 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4648 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4649 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004650 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004651 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004652 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004653 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004654 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004655 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4656 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004657 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4658 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4659 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4660 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4661 }
4662 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004663 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004664 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4665 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004666
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004667 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004668 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4669 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4670 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4671 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4672 default:
4673 return 0;
4674 }
4675 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004676 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004677 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004678 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004679 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4680 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004681 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004682 default:
4683 return 0;
4684 }
4685}
4686
4687/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004688/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004689/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004690/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004691/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004692/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004693/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004694QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004695 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4696 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4697
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004698 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4699 return Context.DependentTy;
4700
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004701 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4702 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4703 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4704 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4705 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4706 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4707 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4708 }
4709 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4710 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4711 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004712 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004713 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004714
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004715 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4716 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004717 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004718 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004719 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004720 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4721 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004722 return QualType();
4723 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004724 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004725 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4726 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4727 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004728 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004729 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4730 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004731 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004732 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004733 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004734 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb35984a2009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004735 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4736 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4737 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4738 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4739 return QualType();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004740 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004741 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004742 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4743 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4744 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004745 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4746 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004747 return QualType();
4748 }
Douglas Gregor62f78762009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004749 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4750 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004751 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004752 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004753 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004754 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4755 // scope qualifier for the class.
4756 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4757 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004758 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4759 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4760 Diag(OpLoc,
4761 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4762 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4763 return QualType();
4764 }
4765
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004766 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4767 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004768 }
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004769 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004770 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004771 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004772 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004773 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4774 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4775 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4776 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004777 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004778 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004779
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004780 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4781 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4782 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4783 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4784 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4785 }
4786
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004787 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4788 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4789}
4790
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004791QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004792 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4793 return Context.DependentTy;
4794
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004795 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4796 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004797
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004798 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4799 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4800 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4801 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004802 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004803 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004804
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004805 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4806 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4807
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004808 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004809 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004810 return QualType();
4811}
4812
4813static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4814 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4815 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4816 switch (Kind) {
4817 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004818 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4819 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004820 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4821 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4822 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4823 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4824 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4825 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4826 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4827 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4828 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4829 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4830 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4831 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4832 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4833 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4834 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4835 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4836 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4837 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4838 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4839 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4840 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4841 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4842 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4843 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4844 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4845 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4846 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4847 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4848 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4849 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4850 }
4851 return Opc;
4852}
4853
4854static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4855 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4856 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4857 switch (Kind) {
4858 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4859 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4860 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4861 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4862 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4863 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4864 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4865 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4866 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004867 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4868 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4869 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4870 }
4871 return Opc;
4872}
4873
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004874/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4875/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4876/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004877Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4878 unsigned Op,
4879 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004880 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004881 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004882 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4883 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4884 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004885
4886 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004887 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4888 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4889 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004890 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4891 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4892 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4893 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4894 break;
4895 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004896 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4897 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4898 break;
4899 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4900 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4901 break;
4902 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4903 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4904 break;
4905 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4906 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4907 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004908 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004909 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4910 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4911 break;
4912 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4913 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4914 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4915 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004916 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004917 break;
4918 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4919 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004920 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004921 break;
4922 case BinaryOperator::And:
4923 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4924 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4925 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4926 break;
4927 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4928 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4929 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4930 break;
4931 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4932 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004933 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4934 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4935 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4936 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004937 break;
4938 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004939 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4940 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4941 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4942 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004943 break;
4944 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004945 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4946 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4947 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004948 break;
4949 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004950 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4951 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4952 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004953 break;
4954 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4955 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004956 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4957 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4958 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4959 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004960 break;
4961 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4962 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4963 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004964 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4965 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4966 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4967 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004968 break;
4969 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4970 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4971 break;
4972 }
4973 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004974 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004975 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004976 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4977 else
4978 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004979 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4980 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004981}
4982
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004983// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004984Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4985 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4986 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004987 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004988 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004989
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004990 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4991 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004992
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004993 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4994 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4995 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4996 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4997 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4998 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4999 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005000 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005001 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5002 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5003 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5004 Functions);
5005 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5006 DeclarationName OpName
5007 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5008 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005009 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005010
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005011 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5012 // binary operation.
5013 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005014 }
5015
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005016 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5017 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005018}
5019
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005020Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5021 unsigned OpcIn,
5022 ExprArg InputArg) {
5023 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005024
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005025 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005026 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005027 QualType resultType;
5028 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005029 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5030 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
5031 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5032 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5033 break;
5034
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005035 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5036 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005037 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
5038 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005039 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005040 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005041 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5042 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005043 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005044 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005045 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5046 break;
5047 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5048 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
5049 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5050 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005051 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5052 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005053 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5054 break;
5055 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5056 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5057 break;
5058 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5059 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5060 resultType->isPointerType())
5061 break;
5062
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005063 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5064 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005065 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
5066 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5067 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005068 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5069 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005070 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5071 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5072 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005073 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005074 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005075 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005076 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5077 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005078 break;
5079 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5080 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
5081 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5082 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005083 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5084 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005085 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005086 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5087 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005088 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005089 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5090 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005091 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005092 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005093 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005094 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005095 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005096 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005097 resultType = Input->getType();
5098 break;
5099 }
5100 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005101 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005102
5103 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005104 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005105}
5106
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005107// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5108Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5109 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5110 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5111 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5112
5113 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5114 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5115 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5116 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5117 // the arguments.
5118 FunctionSet Functions;
5119 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5120 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5121 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5122 Functions);
5123 DeclarationName OpName
5124 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5125 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5126 }
5127
5128 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5129 }
5130
5131 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5132}
5133
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005134/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005135Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5136 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5137 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005138 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005139 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005140
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005141 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5142 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005143 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005144 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005145
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005146 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005147 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5148 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005149}
5150
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005151Sema::OwningExprResult
5152Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5153 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5154 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005155 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5156 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5157
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005158 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005159 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005160 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005161
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005162 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5163 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5164 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005165
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005166 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5167 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5168 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005169
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005170 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5171 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5172 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5173 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5174 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005175
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005176 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005177 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005178 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005179
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005180 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5181 // expressions are not lvalues.
5182
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005183 substmt.release();
5184 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005185}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005186
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005187Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5188 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5189 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5190 TypeTy *argty,
5191 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5192 unsigned NumComponents,
5193 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5194 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5195 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005196 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5197 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005198
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005199 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5200
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005201 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5202 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5203 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005204 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005205 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005206
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005207 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5208 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005209
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005210 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5211 // the offsetof designators.
5212 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5213 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005214 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005215 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005216
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005217 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5218 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005219 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5220 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005221 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005222 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5223 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005224
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005225 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005226 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005227
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005228 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5229 // leaks like a sieve.
5230 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5231 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5232 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5233 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5234 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5235 if (!AT) {
5236 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005237 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5238 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005239 }
5240
5241 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5242
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005243 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5244 // expression.
5245 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5246
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005247 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5248 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005249 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005250 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005251 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005252 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005253 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005254
5255 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5256 OC.LocEnd);
5257 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005258 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005259
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00005260 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005261 if (!RC) {
5262 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005263 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5264 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005265 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005266
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005267 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5268 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005269 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005270 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005271 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5272 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5273 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005274 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5275 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005276 }
5277
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005278 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5279 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5280 LookupMemberName)
5281 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005282 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005283 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005284 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5285 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005286
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005287 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5288 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005289 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005290 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5291 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005292 } else {
5293 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5294 // doesn't matter here.
5295 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5296 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5297 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005298 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005299 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005300
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005301 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5302 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005303}
5304
5305
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005306Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5307 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5308 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005309 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5310 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005311
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005312 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005313
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005314 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5315 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5316 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5317 return ExprError();
5318 }
5319
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005320 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5321 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005322}
5323
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005324Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5325 ExprArg cond,
5326 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5327 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5328 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5329 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5330 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005331
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005332 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5333
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005334 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005335 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005336 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5337 } else {
5338 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5339 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5340 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5341 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005342 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5343 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5344 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005345
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005346 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5347 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5348 }
5349
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005350 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5351 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5352 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005353}
5354
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005355//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5356// Clang Extensions.
5357//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5358
5359/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005360void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005361 // Analyze block parameters.
5362 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005363
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005364 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5365 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5366 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005367
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005368 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005369 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005370 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005371 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5372 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005373
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005374 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005375 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005376}
5377
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005378void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005379 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005380
5381 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5382 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005383 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005384 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5385
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005386 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5387 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5388 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5389 return;
5390 }
5391
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005392 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5393 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5394 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5395
5396 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5397 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005398 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005399 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005400 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005401 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005402 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5403 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005404 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5405
5406 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5407 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5408 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5409 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5410 return;
5411 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005412 return;
5413 }
5414
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005415 // Analyze arguments to block.
5416 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5417 "Not a function declarator!");
5418 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005419
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005420 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5421 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005422
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005423 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5424 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5425 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5426 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005427 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5428 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005429 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005430 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005431 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5432 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005433 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005434 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005435 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005436 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005437 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005438 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005439 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005440 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5441 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5442 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5443 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5444 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005445
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005446 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005447 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005448 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005449 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005450 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005451 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5452 }
5453
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005454 // Analyze the return type.
5455 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5456 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5457
5458 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5459 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5460 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5461 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5462 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005463 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005464}
5465
5466/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5467/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5468void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5469 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5470 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005471
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005472 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5473
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005474 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005475 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005476 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005477 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005478}
5479
5480/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5481/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005482Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5483 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005484 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5485 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5486 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5487
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005488 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5489 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005490
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005491 PopDeclContext();
5492
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005493 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5494 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005495
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005496 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005497 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5498 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005499
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005500 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5501 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5502 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005503
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005504 QualType BlockTy;
5505 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman45b1e222009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005506 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005507 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005508 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005509 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005510
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005511 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005512 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005513 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005514
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005515 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5516 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5517 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5518 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5519
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005520 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005521 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5522 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005523}
5524
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005525Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5526 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5527 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005528 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005529 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5530 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5531
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005532 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005533
5534 // Get the va_list type
5535 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005536 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5537 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5538 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5539 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005540 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005541 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5542 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5543 } else {
5544 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5545 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005546 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5547 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005548 return ExprError();
5549 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005550
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005551 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5552 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005553 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5554 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005555 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005556 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005557
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005558 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005559 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005560
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005561 expr.release();
5562 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5563 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005564}
5565
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005566Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005567 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5568 // pointers on the target.
5569 QualType Ty;
5570 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5571 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5572 else
5573 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5574
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005575 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005576}
5577
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005578bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5579 SourceLocation Loc,
5580 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5581 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5582 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5583 bool isInvalid = false;
5584 unsigned DiagKind;
5585 switch (ConvTy) {
5586 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5587 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005588 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005589 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5590 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005591 case IntToPointer:
5592 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5593 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005594 case IncompatiblePointer:
5595 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5596 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005597 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5598 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5599 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005600 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5601 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5602 break;
5603 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005604 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5605 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5606 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5607 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5608 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5609 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5610 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5611 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5612 // C++ semantics.
5613 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5614 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5615 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005616 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5617 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005618 case IntToBlockPointer:
5619 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5620 break;
5621 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005622 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005623 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005624 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005625 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005626 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5627 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5628 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005629 case IncompatibleVectors:
5630 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5631 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005632 case Incompatible:
5633 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5634 isInvalid = true;
5635 break;
5636 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005637
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005638 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5639 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005640 return isInvalid;
5641}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005642
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005643bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005644 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5645 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5646 if (Result)
5647 *Result = ICEResult;
5648 return false;
5649 }
5650
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005651 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5652
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005653 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005654 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5655 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5656
5657 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5658 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5659 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5660 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5661 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5662 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5663 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005664
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005665 return true;
5666 }
5667
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005668 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5669 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005670
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005671 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5672 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5673 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005674
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005675 if (Result)
5676 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5677 return false;
5678}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005679
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005680Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5681Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5682 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5683 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5684 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5685
5686 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5687 return NewContext;
5688}
5689
5690void
5691Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5692 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5693 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5694
5695 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5696 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5697 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5698 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5699 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5700 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5701 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5702
5703 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5704 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5705 I != IEnd; ++I)
5706 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5707 }
5708}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005709
5710/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5711///
5712/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5713/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5714/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5715/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5716///
5717/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5718///
5719/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5720void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5721 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5722
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005723 if (D->isUsed())
5724 return;
5725
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005726 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5727 // template or not.
5728 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5729 D->setUsed(true);
5730
5731 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5732 // an instantiation.
5733 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5734 return;
5735
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005736 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5737 case Unevaluated:
5738 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5739 return;
5740
5741 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5742 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5743 // "used"; handle this below.
5744 break;
5745
5746 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5747 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5748 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5749 // potentially evaluated.
5750 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5751 return;
5752 }
5753
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005754 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian8915a3d2009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005755 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005756 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian2f5a0a32009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005757 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5758 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5759 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5760 }
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005761 else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5762 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
5763 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5764 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5765 }
Fariborz Jahanian368cc6c2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005766 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5767 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5768 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5769
Fariborz Jahaniand67364c2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005770 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5771 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5772 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5773 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5774 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5775 }
5776 }
Fariborz Jahanianb12bd432009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005777 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005778 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5779 // class templates.
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005780 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005781 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5782 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5783 // instantiated, naturally).
5784 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5785 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregordcdb3842009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005786 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005787 }
5788
5789
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005790 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005791 Function->setUsed(true);
5792 return;
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005793 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005794
5795 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5796 (void)Var;
5797 // FIXME: implicit template instantiation
5798 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
5799 D->setUsed(true);
5800 }
5801}
5802